Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
1) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
1) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 2
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 3
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 4
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 5
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 6
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 7
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 8
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 9
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 10
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 11
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 12
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 13
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 14
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 15
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
3) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
4) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
5) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
6) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 16
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
3) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 17
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
2) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
3) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 18
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 19
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 20
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 21
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 22
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 23
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 24
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 25
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 26
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 27
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 28
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 29
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 30
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 31
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 32
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
7) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
8) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
9) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
10) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 33
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
6) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 34
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
4) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
5) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 35
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 36
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 37
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 38
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 39
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 40
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 41
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 42
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 43
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 44
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 45
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 46
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 47
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 48
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 49
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
11) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
12) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
13) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
14) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
If the fault is not Vizcarra 0.53 0.40
cleared, BAntamina X/R 7.0 6.6
371357618.doc 50
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 51
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 60 25 85
L-255
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 52
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 53
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
371357618.doc 54
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 55
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
15) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
16) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
17) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
18) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
12) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
13) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
14) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
15) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
371357618.doc 56
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
9) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
371357618.doc 57
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
6) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
7) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 58
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 59
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 60
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 61
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 62
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 63
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 64
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 65
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 66
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 67
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 68
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 69
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 70
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 71
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 72
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
19) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
20) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
21) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
22) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
16) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
17) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
18) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
19) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 73
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
12) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 74
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
8) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
9) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 75
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 76
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 77
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 78
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 79
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 80
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 81
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 82
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 83
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 84
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 85
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 86
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 87
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 88
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 89
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
23) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
24) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
25) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
26) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
20) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
21) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
22) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
23) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 90
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
15) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 91
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
10) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
11) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 92
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 93
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 94
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 95
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 96
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 97
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 98
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 99
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 100
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 101
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 102
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 103
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 104
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 105
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 106
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
27) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
28) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
29) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
30) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
24) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
25) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
26) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
27) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 107
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
18) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 108
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
12) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
13) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 109
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 110
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 111
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 112
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 113
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 114
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 115
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 116
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 117
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 118
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 119
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 120
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 121
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 122
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 123
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
31) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
32) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
33) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
34) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
28) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
29) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
30) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
31) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 124
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
21) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 125
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
14) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
15) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 126
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 127
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 128
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 129
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 130
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 131
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 132
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 133
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 134
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 135
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 136
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 137
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 138
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 139
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 140
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
35) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
36) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
37) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
38) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
32) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
33) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
34) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
35) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 141
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
24) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 142
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
16) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
17) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 143
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 144
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 145
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 146
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 147
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 148
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 149
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 150
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 151
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 152
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 153
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 154
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 155
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 156
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 157
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
39) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
40) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
41) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
42) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
36) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
37) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
38) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
39) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 158
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
27) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 159
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
18) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
19) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 160
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 161
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 162
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 163
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 164
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 165
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 166
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 167
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 168
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 169
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 170
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 171
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 172
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 173
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 174
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
43) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
44) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
45) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
46) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
40) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
41) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
42) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
43) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 175
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
30) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 176
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
20) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
21) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 177
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 178
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 179
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 180
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 181
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 182
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 183
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 184
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 185
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 186
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 187
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 188
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 189
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 190
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 191
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
47) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
48) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
49) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
50) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
44) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
45) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
46) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
47) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 192
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
33) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 193
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
22) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
23) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 194
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 195
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 196
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 197
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 198
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 199
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 200
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 201
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 202
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 203
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 204
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 205
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 206
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 207
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 208
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
51) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
52) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
53) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
54) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
48) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
49) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
50) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
51) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 209
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
36) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 210
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
24) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
25) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 211
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 212
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 213
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 214
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 215
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 216
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 217
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 218
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 219
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 220
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 221
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 222
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 223
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 224
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 225
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
55) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
56) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
57) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
58) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
52) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
53) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
54) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
55) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 226
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
39) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 227
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
26) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
27) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 228
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 229
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 230
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 231
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 232
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 233
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 234
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 235
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 236
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 237
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 238
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 239
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 240
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 241
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 242
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
59) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
60) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
61) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
62) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
56) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
57) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
58) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
59) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 243
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
42) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 244
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
28) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
29) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 245
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 246
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 247
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 248
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 249
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 250
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 251
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 252
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 253
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 254
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 255
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 256
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 257
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 258
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 259
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
63) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
64) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
65) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
66) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
60) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
61) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
62) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
63) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 260
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
45) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 261
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
30) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
31) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 262
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 263
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 264
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 265
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 266
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 267
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 268
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 269
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 270
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 271
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 272
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 273
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 274
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 275
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 276
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
67) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
68) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
69) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
70) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
64) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
65) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
66) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
67) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 277
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
48) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 278
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
32) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
33) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 279
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 280
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 281
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 282
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 283
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 284
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 285
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 286
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 287
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 288
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 289
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 290
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 291
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 292
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 293
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
71) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
72) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
73) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
74) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
68) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
69) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
70) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
71) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 294
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
51) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 295
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
34) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
35) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 296
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 297
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 298
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 299
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 300
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 301
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 302
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 303
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 304
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 305
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 306
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 307
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 308
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 309
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 310
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
75) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
76) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
77) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
78) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
72) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
73) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
74) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
75) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 311
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
54) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 312
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
36) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
37) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 313
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 314
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 315
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 316
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 317
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 318
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 319
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 320
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 321
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 322
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 323
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 324
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 325
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 326
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 327
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
79) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
80) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
81) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
82) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
76) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
77) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
78) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
79) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 328
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
57) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 329
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
38) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
39) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 330
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 331
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 332
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 333
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 334
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 335
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 336
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 337
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 338
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 339
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 340
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 341
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 342
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 343
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 344
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
83) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
84) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
85) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
86) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
80) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
81) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
82) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
83) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 345
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
60) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 346
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
40) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
41) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 347
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 348
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 349
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 350
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 351
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 352
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 353
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 354
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 355
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 356
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 357
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 358
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 359
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 360
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 361
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
87) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
88) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
89) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
90) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
84) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
85) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
86) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
87) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 362
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
63) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 363
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
42) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
43) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 364
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 365
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 366
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 367
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 368
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 369
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 370
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 371
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 372
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 373
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 374
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 375
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 376
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 377
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 378
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
91) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
92) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
93) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
94) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
88) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
89) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
90) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
91) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 379
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
66) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 380
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
44) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
45) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 381
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 382
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 383
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 384
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 385
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 386
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 387
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 388
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 389
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 390
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 391
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 392
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 393
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 394
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 395
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
95) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
96) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
97) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
98) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
92) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
93) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
94) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
95) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 396
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
69) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 397
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
46) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
47) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 398
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 399
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 400
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 401
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 402
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 403
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 404
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 405
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 406
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 407
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 408
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 409
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 410
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 411
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 412
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
99) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
100) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
101) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
102) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
96) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
97) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
98) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
99) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 413
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
72) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 414
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
48) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
49) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 415
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 416
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 417
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 418
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 419
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 420
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 421
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 422
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 423
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 424
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 425
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 426
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 427
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 428
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 429
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
103) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
104) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
105) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
106) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
100) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
101) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
102) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
103) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 430
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
75) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 431
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
50) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
51) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 432
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 433
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 434
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 435
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 436
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 437
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 438
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 439
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 440
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 441
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 442
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 443
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 444
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 445
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 446
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
107) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
108) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
109) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
110) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
104) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
105) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
106) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
107) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 447
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
78) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 448
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
52) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
53) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 449
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 450
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 451
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 452
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 453
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 454
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 455
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 456
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 457
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 458
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 459
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 460
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 461
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 462
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 463
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
111) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
112) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
113) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
114) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
108) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
109) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
110) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
111) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 464
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
81) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 465
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
54) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
55) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 466
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 467
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 468
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 469
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 470
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 471
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 472
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 473
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 474
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 475
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 476
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 477
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 478
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 479
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 480
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
115) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
116) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
117) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
118) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
112) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
113) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
114) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
115) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 481
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
84) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 482
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
56) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
57) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 483
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 484
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 485
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 486
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 487
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 488
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 489
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
The Relay will operate in two steps:
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
371357618.doc 490
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
58) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
59) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
nt/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
371357618.doc 491
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 492
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 493
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 494
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 495
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 496
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 497
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 498
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 499
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 500
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 501
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
119) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
120) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
121) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
122) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
116) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
117) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
118) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
119) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 502
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
87) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 503
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
60) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
61) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 504
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 505
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 506
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 507
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 508
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 509
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 510
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 511
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 512
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 513
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 514
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 515
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 516
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 517
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 518
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
123) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
124) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
125) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
126) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
120) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
121) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
122) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
123) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 519
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
90) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 520
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
62) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
63) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 521
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 522
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 523
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 524
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 525
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 526
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 527
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 528
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 529
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 530
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 531
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 532
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 533
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 534
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 535
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
127) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
128) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
129) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
130) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
124) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
125) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
126) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
127) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 536
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
93) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 537
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
64) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
65) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 538
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 539
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 540
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 541
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 542
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 543
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 544
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 545
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 546
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 547
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 548
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 549
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 550
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 551
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 552
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
131) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
132) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
133) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
134) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
128) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
129) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
130) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
131) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 553
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
96) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 554
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
66) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
67) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 555
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 556
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 557
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 558
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 559
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 560
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 561
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 562
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 563
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 564
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 565
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 566
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 567
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 568
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 569
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
135) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
136) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
137) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
138) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
132) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
133) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
134) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
135) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 570
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
99) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 571
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
68) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
69) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 572
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 573
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 574
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 575
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 576
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 577
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 578
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 579
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 580
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 581
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 582
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 583
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 584
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 585
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 586
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
139) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
140) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
141) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
142) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
136) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
137) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
138) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
139) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 587
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
102) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 588
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
70) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
71) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 589
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 590
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 591
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 592
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 593
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 594
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 595
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 596
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 597
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 598
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 599
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 600
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 601
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 602
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 603
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
143) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
144) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
145) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
146) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
140) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
141) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
142) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
143) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 604
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
105) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 605
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
72) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
73) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 606
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 607
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 608
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 609
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 610
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 611
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 612
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 613
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 614
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 615
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 616
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 617
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 618
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 619
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 620
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
147) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
148) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
149) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
150) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
144) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
145) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
146) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
147) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 621
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
108) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 622
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
74) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
75) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 623
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 624
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 625
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 626
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 627
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 628
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 629
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 630
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 631
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 632
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 633
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 634
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 635
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 636
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 637
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 638
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
151) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
152) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
153) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
154) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
148) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
149) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
150) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
151) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 639
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
111) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 640
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
76) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
77) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 641
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 642
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 643
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 644
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 645
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 646
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 647
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 648
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 649
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 650
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 651
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 652
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 653
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 654
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 655
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
155) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
156) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
157) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
158) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
152) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
153) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
154) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
155) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 656
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
114) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 657
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
78) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
79) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 658
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 659
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 660
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 661
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 662
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 663
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 664
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 665
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 666
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 667
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 668
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 669
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 670
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 671
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 672
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
159) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
160) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
161) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
162) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
156) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
157) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
158) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
159) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 673
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
117) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 674
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
80) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
81) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 675
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 676
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 677
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 678
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 679
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 680
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 681
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 682
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 683
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 684
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 685
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 686
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
163) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
164) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
165) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
166) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
160) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
161) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
162) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
163) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 687
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
120) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 688
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
82) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
83) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 689
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 690
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 691
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 692
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 693
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 694
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 695
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 696
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 697
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 698
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 699
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 700
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 701
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 702
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 703
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
167) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
168) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
169) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
170) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
164) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
165) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
166) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
167) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 704
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
123) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 705
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
84) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
85) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 706
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 707
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 708
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 709
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 710
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 711
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 712
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 713
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 714
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 715
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 716
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 717
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 718
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 719
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 720
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
171) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
172) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
173) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
174) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
168) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
169) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
170) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
171) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 721
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
126) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 722
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
86) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
87) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 723
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 724
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 725
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 726
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 727
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 728
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 729
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 730
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 731
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 732
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 733
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 734
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 735
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 736
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 737
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
175) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
176) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
177) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
178) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
172) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
173) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
174) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
175) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 738
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
129) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 739
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
88) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
89) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 740
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 741
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 742
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 743
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 744
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 745
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 746
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 747
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 748
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 749
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 750
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 751
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 752
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 753
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 754
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
179) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
180) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
181) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
182) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
176) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
177) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
178) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
179) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 755
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
132) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 756
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
90) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
91) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 757
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 758
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 759
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 760
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 761
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 762
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 763
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 764
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 765
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 766
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 767
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 768
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 769
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 770
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 771
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
183) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
184) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
185) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
186) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
180) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
181) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
182) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
183) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 772
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
135) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 773
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
92) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
93) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 774
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 775
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 776
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 777
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 778
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 779
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 780
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 781
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 782
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 783
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 784
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 785
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 786
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 787
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 788
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
187) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
188) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
189) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
190) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
184) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
185) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
186) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
187) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 789
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
138) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 790
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
94) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
95) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 791
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 792
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 793
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 794
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 795
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 796
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 797
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 798
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from V
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 799
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
371357618.doc 800
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
191) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
192) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
193) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
194) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
188) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
189) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
190) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
191) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 801
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
141) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 802
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
96) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
97) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 803
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 804
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 805
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357618.doc 806
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 807
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357618.doc 808
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357618.doc 809
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357618.doc 810
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357618.doc 811
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357618.doc 812
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357618.doc 813
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357618.doc 814
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357618.doc 815
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357618.doc 816
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357618.doc 817
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
195) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
196) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
197) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
198) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
192) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
193) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
194) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
195) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357618.doc 818
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
144) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357618.doc 819
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
98) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
99) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357618.doc 820
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357618.doc 821